Tweek look-n-feel. Fix comment editing. Use format_text() for comments, too.pull/193/head
parent
236c4e3b78
commit
6a062afd64
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="INSTALL">1 - Building, Installing, and |
||||||
|
Packaging Mini-XML</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P>This chapter describes how to build, install, and package Mini-XML on |
||||||
|
your system.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="BASICS">2 - Getting Started with Mini-XML</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P>This chapter describes how to write programs that use Mini-XML to |
||||||
|
access data in an XML file.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="ADVANCED">3 - More Mini-XML Programming |
||||||
|
Techniques</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P>This chapter shows additional ways to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||||
|
your programs.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="MXMLDOC">4 - Using the mxmldoc Utility</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P>This chapter describes how to use the <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> utility |
||||||
|
that comes with Mini-XML to automatically generate documentation for |
||||||
|
your programs.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="XMLSchema.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="BReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="LICENSE">A - GNU Library General Public |
||||||
|
License</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P align="center">Version 2, June 1991 |
||||||
|
<BR /> Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
||||||
|
<BR /> 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA |
||||||
|
<BR /> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||||
|
this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
||||||
|
<BR /> [This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is |
||||||
|
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]</P> |
||||||
|
<P><BIG>Preamble</BIG></P> |
||||||
|
<P>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom |
||||||
|
to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses |
||||||
|
are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free |
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some |
||||||
|
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any |
||||||
|
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for your |
||||||
|
libraries, too.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not |
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you |
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for |
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it |
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in |
||||||
|
new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid |
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. |
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you |
||||||
|
distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis |
||||||
|
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave |
||||||
|
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source |
||||||
|
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide complete |
||||||
|
object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the |
||||||
|
library, after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And |
||||||
|
you must show them these terms so they know their rights.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright the |
||||||
|
library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal |
||||||
|
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain that |
||||||
|
everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free library. |
||||||
|
If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its |
||||||
|
recipients to know that what they have is not the original version, so |
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original |
||||||
|
authors' reputations.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software |
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free |
||||||
|
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect |
||||||
|
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, we |
||||||
|
have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free |
||||||
|
use or not licensed at all.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the |
||||||
|
ordinary GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility |
||||||
|
programs. This license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies |
||||||
|
to certain designated libraries. This license is quite different from |
||||||
|
the ordinary one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that |
||||||
|
anything in it is the same as in the ordinary license.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is |
||||||
|
that they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or |
||||||
|
adding to a program and simply using it. Linking a program with a |
||||||
|
library, without changing the library, is in some sense simply using |
||||||
|
the library, and is analogous to running a utility program or |
||||||
|
application program. However, in a textual and legal sense, the linked |
||||||
|
executable is a combined work, a derivative of the original library, |
||||||
|
and the ordinary General Public License treats it as such.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General |
||||||
|
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software |
||||||
|
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We |
||||||
|
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the |
||||||
|
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the |
||||||
|
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended |
||||||
|
to permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while |
||||||
|
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free |
||||||
|
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to |
||||||
|
achieve this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved |
||||||
|
it as regards changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope |
||||||
|
is that this will lead to faster development of free libraries.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and |
||||||
|
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a |
||||||
|
"work based on the libary" and a "work that uses the library". The |
||||||
|
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only |
||||||
|
works together with the library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary |
||||||
|
General Public License rather than by this special one.</P> |
||||||
|
<P align="center"><BIG>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION |
||||||
|
AND MODIFICATION</BIG></P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>0.</STRONG> This License Agreement applies to any software |
||||||
|
library which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other |
||||||
|
authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this |
||||||
|
Library General Public License (also called "this License"). Each |
||||||
|
licensee is addressed as "you".</P> |
||||||
|
<P>A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data |
||||||
|
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs |
||||||
|
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work |
||||||
|
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the |
||||||
|
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under |
||||||
|
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a |
||||||
|
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated |
||||||
|
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is |
||||||
|
included without limitation in the term "modification".)</P> |
||||||
|
<P>"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for |
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means |
||||||
|
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated |
||||||
|
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control |
||||||
|
compilation and installation of the library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not |
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running |
||||||
|
a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a |
||||||
|
program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the |
||||||
|
Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing |
||||||
|
it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the |
||||||
|
program that uses the Library does.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>1.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||||
|
the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, |
||||||
|
provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy |
||||||
|
an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact |
||||||
|
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any |
||||||
|
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and |
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>2.</STRONG> You may modify your copy or copies of the Library |
||||||
|
or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and |
||||||
|
copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of |
||||||
|
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>a)</STRONG> The modified work must itself be a software |
||||||
|
library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> You must cause the files modified to carry |
||||||
|
prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of |
||||||
|
any change.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> You must cause the whole of the work to be |
||||||
|
licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this |
||||||
|
License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> If a facility in the modified Library refers to a |
||||||
|
function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program |
||||||
|
that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the |
||||||
|
facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure |
||||||
|
that, in the event an application does not supply such function or |
||||||
|
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its |
||||||
|
purpose remains meaningful.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a |
||||||
|
purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. |
||||||
|
Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied |
||||||
|
function or table used by this function must be optional: if the |
||||||
|
application does not supply it, the square root function must still |
||||||
|
compute square roots.)</P> |
||||||
|
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If |
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, |
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in |
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those |
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you |
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based |
||||||
|
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of |
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the |
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote |
||||||
|
it.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest |
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to |
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or |
||||||
|
collective works based on the Library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the |
||||||
|
Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a |
||||||
|
volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other |
||||||
|
work under the scope of this License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>3.</STRONG> You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary |
||||||
|
GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of |
||||||
|
the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to |
||||||
|
this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public |
||||||
|
License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version |
||||||
|
than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, |
||||||
|
then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any |
||||||
|
other change in these notices.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that |
||||||
|
copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all |
||||||
|
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the |
||||||
|
Library into a program that is not a library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>4.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute the Library (or a |
||||||
|
portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or |
||||||
|
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that |
||||||
|
you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable |
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 |
||||||
|
and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy |
||||||
|
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the |
||||||
|
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute |
||||||
|
the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy |
||||||
|
the source along with the object code.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>5.</STRONG> A program that contains no derivative of any |
||||||
|
portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by |
||||||
|
being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the |
||||||
|
Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the |
||||||
|
Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library |
||||||
|
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it |
||||||
|
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the |
||||||
|
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section |
||||||
|
6 states terms for distribution of such executables.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file |
||||||
|
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a |
||||||
|
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. |
||||||
|
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be |
||||||
|
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The |
||||||
|
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure |
||||||
|
layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten |
||||||
|
lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is |
||||||
|
unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. |
||||||
|
(Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library |
||||||
|
will still fall under Section 6.)</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may |
||||||
|
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. |
||||||
|
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether |
||||||
|
or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>6.</STRONG> As an exception to the Sections above, you may |
||||||
|
also compile or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to |
||||||
|
produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that |
||||||
|
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit |
||||||
|
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse |
||||||
|
engineering for debugging such modifications.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the |
||||||
|
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by |
||||||
|
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work |
||||||
|
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the |
||||||
|
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference |
||||||
|
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one |
||||||
|
of these things:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the work with the complete |
||||||
|
corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including |
||||||
|
whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under |
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with |
||||||
|
the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses the |
||||||
|
Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can |
||||||
|
modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable |
||||||
|
containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who |
||||||
|
changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not |
||||||
|
necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified |
||||||
|
definitions.) |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Accompany the work with a written offer, valid |
||||||
|
for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified |
||||||
|
in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of |
||||||
|
performing this distribution.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> If distribution of the work is made by offering |
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy |
||||||
|
the above specified materials from the same place.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> Verify that the user has already received a copy |
||||||
|
of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.</P> |
||||||
|
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P>For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the |
||||||
|
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for |
||||||
|
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, |
||||||
|
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally |
||||||
|
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components |
||||||
|
(compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the |
||||||
|
executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the |
||||||
|
executable.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license |
||||||
|
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally |
||||||
|
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot |
||||||
|
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you |
||||||
|
distribute.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>7.</STRONG> You may place library facilities that are a work |
||||||
|
based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with |
||||||
|
other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute |
||||||
|
such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the |
||||||
|
work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is |
||||||
|
otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the combined library with a |
||||||
|
copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other |
||||||
|
library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the |
||||||
|
Sections above. |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Give prominent notice with the combined library |
||||||
|
of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and |
||||||
|
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same |
||||||
|
work.</P> |
||||||
|
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>8.</STRONG> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||||
|
or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this |
||||||
|
License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||||
|
or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate |
||||||
|
your rights under this License. However, parties who have received |
||||||
|
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their |
||||||
|
licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>9.</STRONG> You are not required to accept this License, |
||||||
|
since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you |
||||||
|
permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. |
||||||
|
These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. |
||||||
|
Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based |
||||||
|
on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, |
||||||
|
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying |
||||||
|
the Library or works based on it.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>10.</STRONG> Each time you redistribute the Library (or any |
||||||
|
work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a |
||||||
|
license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or |
||||||
|
modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not |
||||||
|
impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the |
||||||
|
rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance |
||||||
|
by third parties to this License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>11.</STRONG> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or |
||||||
|
allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited |
||||||
|
to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court |
||||||
|
order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this |
||||||
|
License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If |
||||||
|
you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations |
||||||
|
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a |
||||||
|
consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if |
||||||
|
a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the |
||||||
|
Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through |
||||||
|
you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would |
||||||
|
be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under |
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to |
||||||
|
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other |
||||||
|
circumstances.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any |
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any |
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the |
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented |
||||||
|
by public license practices. Many people have made generous |
||||||
|
contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that |
||||||
|
system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up |
||||||
|
to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute |
||||||
|
software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that |
||||||
|
choice.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to |
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>12.</STRONG> If the distribution and/or use of the Library is |
||||||
|
restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted |
||||||
|
interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under |
||||||
|
this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation |
||||||
|
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or |
||||||
|
among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License |
||||||
|
incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>13.</STRONG> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised |
||||||
|
and/or new versions of the Library General Public License from time to |
||||||
|
time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present |
||||||
|
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library |
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any |
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and |
||||||
|
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by |
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license |
||||||
|
version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free |
||||||
|
Software Foundation.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>14.</STRONG> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library |
||||||
|
into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible |
||||||
|
with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software |
||||||
|
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free |
||||||
|
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our |
||||||
|
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status |
||||||
|
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing |
||||||
|
and reuse of software generally.</P> |
||||||
|
<P align="center"><BIG>NO WARRANTY</BIG></P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>15.</STRONG> BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, |
||||||
|
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY |
||||||
|
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT |
||||||
|
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT |
||||||
|
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT |
||||||
|
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A |
||||||
|
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE |
||||||
|
OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU |
||||||
|
ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</P> |
||||||
|
<P><STRONG>16.</STRONG> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR |
||||||
|
AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO |
||||||
|
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE |
||||||
|
LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL |
||||||
|
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE |
||||||
|
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING |
||||||
|
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A |
||||||
|
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF |
||||||
|
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH |
||||||
|
DAMAGES.</P> |
||||||
|
<P align="center"><BIG>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</BIG></P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_5">Abbreviations</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<DL> |
||||||
|
<DT>Gb</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>Gigabytes, or 1073741824 bytes |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT>kb</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>Kilobytes, or 1024 bytes |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT>Mb</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>Megabytes, or 1048576 bytes |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT>UTF-8, UTF-16</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>Unicode Transformation Format, 8-bit or 16-bit |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT>W3C</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>World Wide Web Consortium |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT>XML</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>Extensible Markup Language |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
</DL> |
||||||
|
</BLOCKQUOTE><HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="RELNOTES">B - Release Notes</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="REFERENCE">C - Library Reference</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CLibraryReference.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_11">Changes in Mini-XML 0.9</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>Initial public release.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_10">Changes in Mini-XML 0.91</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlWalkNext() would go into an infinite loop.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_9">Changes in Mini-XML 0.92</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() didn't return a value on success.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_8">Changes in Mini-XML 0.93</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>New mxmldoc example program that is also used to create and update |
||||||
|
code documentation using XML and produce HTML reference pages.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added mxmlAdd() and mxmlRemove() functions to add and remove nodes |
||||||
|
from a tree. This provides more flexibility over where the nodes are |
||||||
|
inserted and allows nodes to be moved within the tree as needed.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now correctly handles comments.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now supports the required "gt", "quot", and "nbsp" |
||||||
|
character entities.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now uses newlines as whitespace when valid to do so.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlFindElement() now also takes attribute name and attribute value |
||||||
|
string arguments to limit the search to specific elements with |
||||||
|
attributes and/or values.</LI> |
||||||
|
NULL pointers can be used as "wildcards". |
||||||
|
<LI>Added uninstall target to makefile, and auto-reconfig if Makefile.in |
||||||
|
or configure.in are changed.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlFindElement(), mxmlWalkNext(), and mxmlWalkPrev() now all |
||||||
|
provide "descend" arguments to control whether they descend into child |
||||||
|
nodes in the tree.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Fixed some whitespace issues in mxmlLoadFile().</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Fixed Unicode output and whitespace issues in mxmlSaveFile().</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now supports a whitespace callback to provide more |
||||||
|
human-readable XML output under program control.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_7">Changes in Mini-XML 1.0</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmldoc program now handles function arguments, structures, |
||||||
|
unions, enumerations, classes, and typedefs properly.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Documentation provided via mxmldoc and more in-line comments in the |
||||||
|
code.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added man pages and packaging files.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_6">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmlLoadFile() function now uses dynamically allocated string |
||||||
|
buffers for element names, attribute names, and attribute values. |
||||||
|
Previously they were capped at 16383, 255, and 255 bytes, respectively.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added a new mxmlLoadString() function for loading an XML node tree |
||||||
|
from a string.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added a new mxmlSaveString() function for saving an XML node tree to |
||||||
|
a string.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Add emulation of strdup() if the local platform does not provide the |
||||||
|
function.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_5">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.1</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>The private mxml_add_ch() function did not update the |
||||||
|
start-of-buffer pointer which could cause a crash when using |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The private mxml_write_ws() function called putc() instead of using |
||||||
|
the proper callback which could cause a crash when using |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added a mxmlSaveAllocString() convenience function for saving an XML |
||||||
|
node tree to an allocated string.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_4">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.2</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxml(3) man page wasn't updated for the string functions.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlSaveString() returned the wrong number of characters.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxml_add_char() updated the buffer pointer in the wrong place.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_3">Changes in Mini-XML 1.2</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added new "set" methods to set the value of a node.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added new formatted text methods mxmlNewTextf() and mxmlSetTextf() |
||||||
|
to create/set a text node value using printf-style formats.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added new standard callbacks for use with the mxmlLoad functions.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Updated the HTML documentation to include examples of the walk and |
||||||
|
load function output.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added --with/without-ansi configure option to control the strdup() |
||||||
|
function check.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added --with/without-snprintf configure option to control the |
||||||
|
snprintf() and vsnprintf() function checks.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_2">Changes in Mini-XML 1.3</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>Fixes for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added support for reading standard HTML entity names.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() did not decode character entities in element |
||||||
|
names, attribute names, or attribute values.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() would crash when loading non- conformant XML |
||||||
|
data under an existing parent (top) node.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Fixed several bugs in the mxmldoc utility.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added new error callback function to catch a variety of errors and |
||||||
|
log them to someplace other than stderr.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmlElementSetAttr() function now allows for NULL attribute |
||||||
|
values.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The load and save functions now properly handle quoted element and |
||||||
|
attribute name strings properly, e.g. for !DOCTYPE declarations.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="BReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="7_1">Changes in Mini-XML 2.0</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>New programmers manual.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added UTF-16 support (input only; all output is UTF-8)</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added index functions to build a searchable index of XML nodes.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added character entity callback interface to support additional |
||||||
|
character entities beyond those defined in the XHTML specification.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added support for XHTML character entities.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||||
|
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||||
|
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||||
|
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||||
|
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||||
|
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||||
|
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||||
|
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||||
|
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The mxmldoc utility is now capable of documenting C++ classes, |
||||||
|
functions, and structures, and correctly handles C++ comments.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Added new modular tests for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Updated the mxmldoc output to be more compatible with embedding in |
||||||
|
manuals produced with HTMLDOC.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>The makefile incorrectly included a "/" separator between the |
||||||
|
destination path and install path. This caused problems when building |
||||||
|
and installing with MingW.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="4_3">Changing Node Values</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Types.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Enumerations.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="5_2_4">Classes, Structures, and Unions</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>Each class, structure, and union must have a comment block |
||||||
|
immediately before the definition, and each member must be documented |
||||||
|
in accordance with the function and variable documentation |
||||||
|
requirements, as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* This structure is for foobar options. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
struct this_struct_s |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
int this_member; /* Current state for this */ |
||||||
|
int that_member; /* Current state for that */ |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* This class is for barfoo options. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
class this_class_c |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
int this_member; /* Current state for this */ |
||||||
|
int that_member; /* Current state for that */ |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* 'get_this()' - Get the current state for this. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
int /* O - Current state for this */ |
||||||
|
get_this() |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
return (this_member); |
||||||
|
} |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="5_2">Code Documentation Conventions</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>As noted previously, source code must be commented properly for <TT> |
||||||
|
mxmldoc</TT> to generate correct documentation for the code. Single line |
||||||
|
comments can use the C++ <TT>//</TT> comment sequence, however all |
||||||
|
multi-line comments must use the C <TT>/* ... */</TT> comment sequence.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="2_1">Compiling Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML comes with an autoconf-based configure script; just type the |
||||||
|
following command to get things going:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>./configure ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The default install prefix is<VAR> /usr/local</VAR>, which can be |
||||||
|
overridden using the <KBD>--prefix</KBD> option:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>./configure --prefix=/foo ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>Other configure options can be found using the <KBD>--help</KBD> |
||||||
|
option:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>./configure --help ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>Once you have configured the software, use the <TT>make(1)</TT> |
||||||
|
program to do the build and run the test program to verify that things |
||||||
|
are working, as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>make ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CLibraryReference.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Enumerations1.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="8_1">Contents</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Enumerations1.html#_enumerations">Enumerations</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Functions.html#_functions">Functions</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Structures.html#_structures">Structures</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Types1.html#_types">Types</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Unions.html#_unions">Unions</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="Variables.html#_variables">Variables</A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="2_3">Creating Mini-XML Packages</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML includes two files that can be used to create binary |
||||||
|
packages. The first file is<VAR> mxml.spec</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||||
|
rpmbuild(8)</TT> software to create Red Hat Package Manager ("RPM") |
||||||
|
packages which are commonly used on Linux. Since <TT>rpmbuild</TT> |
||||||
|
wants to compile the software on its own, you can provide it with the |
||||||
|
Mini-XML tar file to build the package:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>rpmbuild -ta mxml-<I>version</I>.tar.gz ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The second file is<VAR> mxml.list</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||||
|
epm(1)</TT> program to create software packages in a variety of formats. |
||||||
|
The <TT>epm</TT> program is available from the following URL:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="http://www.easysw.com/epm/">http://www.easysw.com/epm/</A> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>Use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>epm</KBD> target to |
||||||
|
create portable and native packages for your system:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>make epm ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The packages are stored in a subdirectory named<VAR> dist</VAR> for |
||||||
|
your convenience. The portable packages utilize scripts and tar files |
||||||
|
to install the software on the target system; this is especially useful |
||||||
|
when installing on systems with different Linux distributions. Use the<VAR> |
||||||
|
mxml.install</VAR> script to install the software and<VAR> mxml.remove</VAR> |
||||||
|
script to remove the software.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The native packages will be in the local OS's native format: RPM for |
||||||
|
Red Hat Linux, DPKG for Debian Linux, PKG for Solaris, and so forth. |
||||||
|
Use the corresponding commands to install the native packages.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="XMLSchema.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="5_2_5">Enumerations</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>Each enumeration must have a comment block immediately before the |
||||||
|
definition describing what the enumeration is for, and each enumeration |
||||||
|
value must have a comment immediately after the value, as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* Enumeration of media trays. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
enum this_enum_e |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
THIS_TRAY, /* This tray */ |
||||||
|
THAT_TRAY /* That tray */ |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmltypee.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_enumerations">Enumerations</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmltypee.html#mxml_type_e"><TT>mxml_type_e</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="3_3_1">Finding and Iterating Nodes</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>The <A href="reference.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
and <A href="reference.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
functions can be used to iterate through the XML node tree:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlWalkPrev">mxmlWalkPrev</A>(current, tree, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlWalkNext">mxmlWalkNext</A>(current, tree, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>In addition, you can find a named element/node using the <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement"> |
||||||
|
<TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "name", "attr", |
||||||
|
"value", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The <TT>name</TT>, <TT>attr</TT>, and <TT>value</TT> arguments can be |
||||||
|
passed as <TT>NULL</TT> to act as wildcards, e.g.:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
/* Find the first "a" element */ |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" attribute */ |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", "href", NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" to a URL */ |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", "href", |
||||||
|
"http://www.easysw.com/~mike/mxml/", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find the first element with a "src" attribute*/ |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, NULL, "src", NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* Find the first element with a "src" = "foo.jpg" */ |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, NULL, "src", "foo.jpg", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>You can also iterate with the same function:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for (node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "name", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||||
|
node != NULL; |
||||||
|
node = <A href="reference.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(node, tree, "name", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND)) |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
... do something ... |
||||||
|
} |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> argument can actually be one of three |
||||||
|
constants:</P> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><TT>MXML_NO_DESCEND</TT> means to not to look at any child nodes in |
||||||
|
the element hierarchy, just look at siblings at the same level or |
||||||
|
parent nodes until the top node or top-of-tree is reached. The previous |
||||||
|
node from "group" would be the "node" element to the left, while the |
||||||
|
next node from "group" would be the "node" element to the right.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TT> means that it is OK to descend to the |
||||||
|
first child of a node, but not to descend further when searching. |
||||||
|
You'll normally use this when iterating through direct children of a |
||||||
|
parent node, e.g. all of the "node" elements under the "?xml" parent |
||||||
|
node in the example above. This mode is only applicable to the search |
||||||
|
function; the walk functions treat this as <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> since |
||||||
|
every call is a first time.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> means to keep descending until you hit the |
||||||
|
bottom of the tree. The previous node from "group" would be the "val3" |
||||||
|
node and the next node would be the first node element under "group". |
||||||
|
If you were to walk from the root node "?xml" to the end of the tree |
||||||
|
with <TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT>, the order would be: |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
?xml |
||||||
|
data |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val1 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val2 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val3 |
||||||
|
group |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val4 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val5 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val6 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val7 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val8 |
||||||
|
node |
||||||
|
val9 |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>If you started at "val9" and walked using <TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT>, |
||||||
|
the order would be reversed, ending at "?xml".</P> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="4_4">Formatted Text</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmltypee.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_functions">Functions</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlAdd.html#mxmlAdd"><TT>mxmlAdd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete"><TT>mxmlDelete()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlElementGetAttr.html#mxmlElementGetAttr"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlElementGetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlElementSetAttr.html#mxmlElementSetAttr"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlElementSetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html#mxmlEntityAddCallback"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityAddCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetName.html#mxmlEntityGetName"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityGetName()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetValue.html#mxmlEntityGetValue"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityGetValue()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html#mxmlEntityRemoveCallback"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"><TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexDelete.html#mxmlIndexDelete"><TT>mxmlIndexDelete()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"><TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"><TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew"><TT>mxmlIndexNew()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"><TT>mxmlIndexReset()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"><TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"><TT>mxmlNewElement()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger"><TT>mxmlNewInteger()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque"><TT>mxmlNewOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT>mxmlNewReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT>mxmlNewText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT>mxmlNewTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlRemove.html#mxmlRemove"><TT>mxmlRemove()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"><TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"><TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement"><TT>mxmlSetElement()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html#mxmlSetErrorCallback"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlSetErrorCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger"><TT>mxmlSetInteger()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque"><TT>mxmlSetOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal"><TT>mxmlSetReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText"><TT>mxmlSetText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT>mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="5_2_1">Functions and Methods</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>All implementations of functions and methods must begin with a |
||||||
|
comment header describing what the function does, the possible input |
||||||
|
limits (if any), and the possible output values (if any), and any |
||||||
|
special information needed, as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* 'do_this()' - Compute y = this(x). |
||||||
|
* |
||||||
|
* Notes: none. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
float /* O - Inverse power value, 0.0 <= y <= 1.1 */ |
||||||
|
do_this(float x) /* I - Power value (0.0 <= x <= 1.1) */ |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
... |
||||||
|
return (y); |
||||||
|
} |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>Return/output values are indicated using an "O" prefix, input values |
||||||
|
are indicated using the "I" prefix, and values that are both input and |
||||||
|
output use the "IO" prefix for the corresponding in-line comment.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_2">History</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML was initially developed for the <A href="http://gimp-print.sf.net/"> |
||||||
|
Gimp-Print</A> project to replace the rather large and unwieldy <TT> |
||||||
|
libxml2</TT> library with something substantially smaller and |
||||||
|
easier-to-use. It all began one morning in June of 2003 when Robert |
||||||
|
posted the following sentence to the developer's list:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE>It's bad enough that we require libxml2, but rolling our own |
||||||
|
XML parser is a bit more than we can handle.</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P>I then replied with:</P> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE>Given the limited scope of what you use in XML, it should be |
||||||
|
trivial to code a mini-XML API in a few hundred lines of code.</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<P>I took my own challenge and coded furiously for two days to produced |
||||||
|
the initial public release of Mini-XML, total lines of code: 696. |
||||||
|
Robert promptly integrated Mini-XML into Gimp-Print and removed |
||||||
|
libxml2.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Thanks to lots of feedback and support from various developers, |
||||||
|
Mini-XML has evolved since then to provide a more complete XML |
||||||
|
implementation and now stands at a whopping 2,240 lines of code, |
||||||
|
compared to 96,335 lines of code for libxml2 version 2.6.9. Aside from |
||||||
|
Gimp-Print, Mini-XML is used for the following projects/software |
||||||
|
applications:</P> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/">Common UNIX Printing System</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/ddk.php">CUPS Driver Development Kit</A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="http://www.easysw.com/printpro/">ESP Print Pro</A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="http://zynaddsubfx.sourceforge.net">ZynAddSubFX</A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<P>Please email me (mxml @ easysw . com) if you would like your project |
||||||
|
added or removed from this list, or if you have any comments/quotes you |
||||||
|
would like me to publish about your experiences with Mini-XML.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 3in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="4_5">Indexing</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="2_2">Installing Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>install</KBD> target to |
||||||
|
install Mini-XML in the configured directories:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>make install ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H1 align="right"><A name="INTRO">Introduction</A></H1> |
||||||
|
<P>This programmers manual describes Mini-XML version 2.0, a small XML |
||||||
|
parsing library that you can use to read and write XML and XML-like |
||||||
|
data files in your application without requiring large non-standard |
||||||
|
libraries. Mini-XML only requires an ANSI C compatible compiler (GCC |
||||||
|
works, as do most vendors' ANSI C compilers) and a "make" program.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML provides the following functionality:</P> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>Reading of UTF-8 and UTF-16 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Writing of UTF-8 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Data is stored in a linked-list tree structure, preserving the XML |
||||||
|
data hierarchy.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Supports arbitrary element names, attributes, and attribute values |
||||||
|
with no preset limits, just available memory.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Supports integer, real, opaque ("cdata"), and text data types in |
||||||
|
"leaf" nodes.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Functions for creating and managing trees of data.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>"Find" and "walk" functions for easily locating and navigating trees |
||||||
|
of data.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML doesn't do validation or other types of processing on the |
||||||
|
data based upon schema files or other sources of definition |
||||||
|
information, nor does it support character entities other than those |
||||||
|
required by the XML specification.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Introduction.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="History.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="History.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_1">Legal Stuff</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>The Mini-XML library is copyright 2003-2004 by Michael Sweet.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||||
|
it under the terms of the <A href="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html#LICENSE"> |
||||||
|
GNU Library General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software |
||||||
|
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any |
||||||
|
later version.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
||||||
|
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
||||||
|
Library General Public License for more details.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="History.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="4_1">Load Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="3_3">Loading and Saving XML Files</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>You load an XML file using the <A href="reference.html#mxmlLoadFile"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
FILE *fp; |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||||
|
tree = <A href="reference.html#mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile</A>(NULL, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||||
|
fclose(fp); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The third argument specifies a callback function which returns the |
||||||
|
value type of the immediate children for a new element node: <TT> |
||||||
|
MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT>MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT> |
||||||
|
MXML_TEXT</TT>. This function is called<I> after</I> the element and its |
||||||
|
attributes have been read, so you can look at the element name, |
||||||
|
attributes, and attribute values to determine the proper value type to |
||||||
|
return. The default value type is MXML_TEXT if no callback is used.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Similarly, you save an XML file using the <A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||||
|
<TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
FILE *fp; |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile</A>(tree, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||||
|
fclose(fp); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>Callback functions for saving are used to optionally insert |
||||||
|
whitespace before and after elements in the node tree. Your function |
||||||
|
will be called up to four times for each element node with a pointer to |
||||||
|
the node and a "where" value of <TT>MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN</TT>, <TT> |
||||||
|
MXML_WS_AFTER_OPEN</TT>, <TT>MXML_WS_BEFORE_CLOSE</TT>, or <TT> |
||||||
|
MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE</TT>. The callback function should return <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||||
|
if no whitespace should be added and the string to insert (spaces, |
||||||
|
tabs, carriage returns, and newlines) otherwise.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The <A href="reference.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT></A> |
||||||
|
, <A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT>mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A>, and <A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveString"><TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT> |
||||||
|
</A> functions load XML node trees from and save XML node trees to |
||||||
|
strings:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
char buffer[8192]; |
||||||
|
char *ptr; |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
... |
||||||
|
tree = <A href="reference.html#mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString</A>(NULL, buffer, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
... |
||||||
|
<A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString</A>(tree, buffer, sizeof(buffer), MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
... |
||||||
|
ptr = <A href="reference.html#mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString</A>(tree, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="3_2">Nodes</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Every piece of information in an XML file (elements, text, numbers) |
||||||
|
is stored in memory in "nodes". Nodes are defined by the <A href="reference.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||||
|
<TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A> structure. The <A href="reference.html#mxml_type_t"> |
||||||
|
<TT>type</TT></A> member defines the node type (element, integer, |
||||||
|
opaque, real, or text) which determines which value you want to look at |
||||||
|
in the <A href="reference.html#mxml_value_t"><TT>value</TT></A> union.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>New nodes can be created using the <A href="reference.html#mxmlNewElement"> |
||||||
|
<TT>mxmlNewElement()</TT></A>, <A href="reference.html#mxmlNewInteger"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlNewInteger()</TT></A>, <A href="reference.html#mxmlNewOpaque"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlNewOpaque()</TT></A>, <A href="reference.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlNewReal()</TT></A>, and <A href="reference.html#mxmlNewText"><TT> |
||||||
|
mxmlNewText()</TT></A> functions. Only elements can have child nodes, |
||||||
|
and the top node must be an element, usually "?xml".</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Each node has pointers for the node above (<TT>parent</TT>), below (<TT> |
||||||
|
child</TT>), to the left (<TT>prev</TT>), and to the right (<TT>next</TT> |
||||||
|
) of the current node. If you have an XML file like the following:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<?xml version="1.0"?> |
||||||
|
<data> |
||||||
|
<node>val1</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val2</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val3</node> |
||||||
|
<group> |
||||||
|
<node>val4</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val5</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val6</node> |
||||||
|
</group> |
||||||
|
<node>val7</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val8</node> |
||||||
|
<node>val9</node> |
||||||
|
</data> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>the node tree returned by <TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT> would look like the |
||||||
|
following in memory:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
?xml |
||||||
|
| |
||||||
|
data |
||||||
|
| |
||||||
|
node - node - node - group - node - node - node |
||||||
|
| | | | | | | |
||||||
|
val1 val2 val3 | val7 val8 val9 |
||||||
|
| |
||||||
|
node - node - node |
||||||
|
| | | |
||||||
|
val4 val5 val6 |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>where "-" is a pointer to the next node and "|" is a pointer to the |
||||||
|
first child node.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>Once you are done with the XML data, use the <A href="reference.html#mxmlDelete"> |
||||||
|
<TT>mxmlDelete()</TT></A> function to recursively free the memory that |
||||||
|
is used for a particular node or the entire tree:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
mxmlDelete(tree); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadingandSavingXMLFiles.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_4">Notation Conventions</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Various font and syntax conventions are used in this guide. Examples |
||||||
|
and their meanings and uses are explained below:</P> |
||||||
|
<CENTER> |
||||||
|
<TABLE width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<TR><TH>Example</TH><TD> </TD><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR valign="top"><TD><CODE>lpstat</CODE> |
||||||
|
<BR /> <CODE>lpstat(1)</CODE></TD><TD> </TD><TD>The names of commands; |
||||||
|
the first mention of a command or function in a chapter is followed by |
||||||
|
a manual page section number.</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR valign="top"><TD><VAR>/var</VAR> |
||||||
|
<BR /><VAR> /usr/share/cups/data/testprint.ps</VAR></TD><TD> </TD><TD> |
||||||
|
File and directory names.</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR valign="top"><TD nowrap><TT>Request ID is Printer-123</TT></TD><TD> |
||||||
|
</TD><TD>Screen output.</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR valign="top"><TD nowrap><KBD>lp -d printer filename ENTER</KBD></TD><TD> |
||||||
|
</TD><TD>Literal user input; special keys like <KBD>ENTER</KBD> are |
||||||
|
in ALL CAPS.</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR valign="top"><TD>12.3</TD><TD> </TD><TD>Numbers in the text are |
||||||
|
written using the period (.) to indicate the decimal point.</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
</CENTER> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="History.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="History.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_3">Organization of This Document</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>This manual is organized into the following chapters and appendices:</P> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI>Chapter 1, "<A href="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html#INSTALL"> |
||||||
|
Building, Installing, and Packaging Mini-XML</A>", provides compilation, |
||||||
|
installation, and packaging instructions for Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Chapter 2, "<A href="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html#BASICS">Getting |
||||||
|
Started with Mini-XML</A>", shows how to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||||
|
your programs.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Chapter 3, "<A href="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html#ADVANCED"> |
||||||
|
More Mini-XML Programming Techniques</A>", shows additional ways to use |
||||||
|
the Mini-XML library.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Chapter 4, "<A href="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html#MXMLDOC">Using the |
||||||
|
mxmldoc Utility</A>", describes how to use the <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> |
||||||
|
program to generate software documentation.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Appendix A, "<A href="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html#LICENSE"> |
||||||
|
GNU Library General Public License</A>", provides the terms and |
||||||
|
conditions for using and distributing Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Appendix B, "<A href="BReleaseNotes.html#RELNOTES">Release Notes</A> |
||||||
|
", lists the changes in each release of Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI>Appendix C, "<A href="CLibraryReference.html#REFERENCE">Library |
||||||
|
Reference</A>", contains a complete reference for Mini-XML, generated |
||||||
|
by <TT>mxmldoc</TT>.</LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="History.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="1_6">Other References</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||||
|
<DL> |
||||||
|
<DT>The Unicode Standard, Version 4.0, Addison-Wesley, ISBN |
||||||
|
0-321-18578-1</DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>The definition of the Unicode character set which is used for XML. |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
<DT><A href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/">Extensible |
||||||
|
Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Third Edition)</A></DT> |
||||||
|
<DD>The XML specification from the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) |
||||||
|
<BR /> </DD> |
||||||
|
</DL> |
||||||
|
</BLOCKQUOTE><HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="4_2">Save Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrs.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_structures">Structures</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlattrs.html#mxml_attr_s"><TT>mxml_attr_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlindexs.html#mxml_index_s"><TT>mxml_index_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlnodes.html#mxml_node_s"><TT>mxml_node_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmltexts.html#mxml_text_s"><TT>mxml_text_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlvalues.html#mxml_value_s"><TT>mxml_value_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="3_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Mini-XML provides a single header file which you include:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
#include <mxml.h> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>The Mini-XML library is included with your program using the <KBD> |
||||||
|
-lmxml</KBD> option:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>gcc -o myprogram myprogram.c -lmxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>If you have the <TT>pkg-config(1)</TT> software installed, you can |
||||||
|
use it to determine the proper compiler and linker options for your |
||||||
|
installation:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>pkg-config --cflags mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
<KBD>pkg-config --libs mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="5_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>The <TT>mxmldoc</TT> utility scans C and C++ source and header files |
||||||
|
and produces an XML file describing the library interface and an XHTML |
||||||
|
file providing a human-readable reference to the code. Each source and |
||||||
|
header file must conform to some simple code commenting conventions so |
||||||
|
that <TT>mxmldoc</TT> can extract the necessary descriptive text.</P> |
||||||
|
<P>The <TT>mxmldoc</TT> command requires the name of an XML file to |
||||||
|
store the code information; this file is created and updated as |
||||||
|
necessary. The XML file is optionally followed by a list of source |
||||||
|
files to scan. After scanning any source files on the command-line, <TT> |
||||||
|
mxmldoc</TT> writes XHTML documentation to the standard output, which |
||||||
|
can be redirected to the file using the <KBD>>filename</KBD> syntax:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<KBD>mxmldoc myfile.xml >myfile.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
<KBD>mxmldoc myfile.xml file1.c file2.cxx file3.h >myfile.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<P>If no source files are provided on the command-line, the current |
||||||
|
contents of the XML file are converted to XHTML.</P> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="5_2_3">Types</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>Each type must have a comment block immediately before the typedef, |
||||||
|
as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
/* |
||||||
|
* This type is for foobar options. |
||||||
|
*/ |
||||||
|
typedef int this_type_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEED 5in --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvalues.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrt.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_types">Types</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlattrt.html#mxml_attr_t"><TT>mxml_attr_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlelementt.html#mxml_element_t"><TT>mxml_element_t</TT></A> |
||||||
|
</LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"><TT>mxml_index_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"><TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmltextt.html#mxml_text_t"><TT>mxml_text_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t"><TT>mxml_type_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t"><TT>mxml_value_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvaluet.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_unions">Unions</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="mxmlvalueu.html#mxml_value_u"><TT>mxml_value_u</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="numcallbacks.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="numcallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A name="_variables">Variables</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<UL> |
||||||
|
<LI><A href="numcallbacks.html#num_callbacks"><TT>num_callbacks</TT></A></LI> |
||||||
|
</UL> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="numcallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Types.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A NAME="5_2_2">Variables and Class/Structure/Union Members</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<P>Each variable or member must be declared on a separate line and must |
||||||
|
be immediately followed by a comment describing the variable or member, |
||||||
|
as follows:</P> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int this_variable; /* The current state of this */ |
||||||
|
int that_variable; /* The current state of that */ |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Enumerations.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H2><A NAME="5_3">XML Schema</A></H2> |
||||||
|
<P>Listing 4-1 shows the XML schema file<VAR> mxmldoc.xsd</VAR> which is |
||||||
|
included with Mini-XML. This schema file can be used to convert the XML |
||||||
|
files produced by <TT>mxmldoc</TT> into other formats.</P> |
||||||
|
<CENTER> |
||||||
|
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0"><CAPTION |
||||||
|
align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd"</I></CAPTION> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:annotation> |
||||||
|
<xsd:documentation xml:lang="en"> |
||||||
|
Mini-XML 2.0 documentation schema for mxmldoc output. |
||||||
|
Copyright 2003-2004 by Michael Sweet. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
||||||
|
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public |
||||||
|
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
||||||
|
version 2, or (at your option) any later version. |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||||
|
</xsd:documentation> |
||||||
|
</xsd:annotation> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- basic element definitions --> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="argument" type="argumentType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="class" type="classType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="constant" type="constantType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="description" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="enumeration" type="enumerationType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="function" type="functionType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="mxmldoc" type="mxmldocType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="namespace" type="namespaceType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="returnvalue" type="returnvalueType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="seealso" type="identifierList"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="struct" type="structType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="typedef" type="typedefType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="type" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="union" type="unionType"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element name="variable" type="variableType"/> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- descriptions of complex elements --> |
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="argumentType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="default" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="direction" type="direction" use="optional" default="I"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="classType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
</CENTER> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<CENTER> |
||||||
|
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0"><CAPTION |
||||||
|
align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" (con't)</I> |
||||||
|
</CAPTION> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:choice> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="parent" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="constantType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="enumerationType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="constant" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="functionType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="returnvalue" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="argument" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="seealso" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="scope" type="scope" use="optional"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="mxmldocType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="namespace"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:choice> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="namespaceType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
</CENTER> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<CENTER> |
||||||
|
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0"><CAPTION |
||||||
|
align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" (con't)</I> |
||||||
|
</CAPTION> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:choice> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="returnvalueType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="structType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:choice> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="typedefType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="unionType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="variable" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:complexType name="variableType"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:sequence> |
||||||
|
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:complexType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- data types --> |
||||||
|
<xsd:simpleType name="direction"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="I"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="O"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="IO"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:restriction> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
</CENTER> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<CENTER> |
||||||
|
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0"><CAPTION |
||||||
|
align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" (con't)</I> |
||||||
|
</CAPTION> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:simpleType name="identifier"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:pattern value="[a-zA-Z_(.]([a-zA-Z_(.,)* 0-9])*"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:restriction> |
||||||
|
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:simpleType name="identifierList"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:list itemType="identifier"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<xsd:simpleType name="scope"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value=""/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="private"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="protected"/> |
||||||
|
<xsd:enumeration value="public"/> |
||||||
|
</xsd:restriction> |
||||||
|
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||||
|
</xsd:schema> |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
</CENTER> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<CENTER><H1>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</H1><BR> |
||||||
|
Michael Sweet<BR> |
||||||
|
Copyright 2003-2004<BR> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Table of Contents</A></CENTER> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Functions.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlAdd">mxmlAdd()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Add a node to a tree. Adds the specified node to the parent. If the |
||||||
|
child argument is not NULL, puts the new node before or after the |
||||||
|
specified child depending on the value of the where argument. If the |
||||||
|
child argument is NULL, puts the new node at the beginning of the child |
||||||
|
list (MXML_ADD_BEFORE) or at the end of the child list |
||||||
|
(MXML_ADD_AFTER). The constant MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT can be used to |
||||||
|
specify a NULL child pointer.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlAdd( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
int where, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * child, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>where</TT></TD><TD>Where to add, MXML_ADD_BEFORE or |
||||||
|
MXML_ADD_AFTER</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>child</TT></TD><TD>Child node for where or |
||||||
|
MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to add</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlDelete">mxmlDelete()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Delete a node and all of its children. If the specified node has a |
||||||
|
parent, this function first removes the node from its parent using the |
||||||
|
mxmlRemove() function.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlDelete( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to delete</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlElementGetAttr">mxmlElementGetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Get an attribute. This function returns NULL if the node is not an |
||||||
|
element or the named attribute does not exist.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
const char * |
||||||
|
mxmlElementGetAttr( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * name); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Attribute value or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlElementSetAttr">mxmlElementSetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set an attribute. If the named attribute already exists, the value of |
||||||
|
the attribute is replaced by the new string value. The string value is |
||||||
|
copied into the element node. This function does nothing if the node is |
||||||
|
not an element.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlElementSetAttr( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * name, |
||||||
|
const char * value); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityAddCallback">mxmlEntityAddCallback()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Add a callback to convert entities to Unicode.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityAddCallback( |
||||||
|
int (*cb)(const char *name)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *name)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function to |
||||||
|
add</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityGetName">mxmlEntityGetName()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Get the name that corresponds to the character value. If val does not |
||||||
|
need to be represented by a named entity, NULL is returned.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
const char * |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityGetName( |
||||||
|
int val); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>val</TT></TD><TD>Character value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Entity name or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityGetValue">mxmlEntityGetValue()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Get the character corresponding to a named entity. The entity name |
||||||
|
can also be a numeric constant. -1 is returned if the name is not |
||||||
|
known.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityGetValue( |
||||||
|
const char * name); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Entity name</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Character value or -1 on error</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback">mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Remove a callback.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback( |
||||||
|
int (*cb)(const char *name)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *name)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function to |
||||||
|
remove</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Find the named element. The search is constrained by the name, |
||||||
|
attribute name, and value; any NULL names or values are treated as |
||||||
|
wildcards, so different kinds of searches can be implemented by looking |
||||||
|
for all elements of a given name or all elements with a specific |
||||||
|
attribute. The descend argument determines whether the search descends |
||||||
|
into child nodes; normally you will use MXML_DESCEND_FIRST for the |
||||||
|
initial search and MXML_NO_DESCEND to find additional direct |
||||||
|
descendents of the node. The top node argument constrains the search to |
||||||
|
a particular node's children.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlFindElement( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||||
|
const char * name, |
||||||
|
const char * attr, |
||||||
|
const char * value, |
||||||
|
int descend); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Element name or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute name, or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>descend</TT></TD><TD>Descend into tree - MXML_DESCEND, |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_DESCEND, or MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Element node or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexDelete">mxmlIndexDelete()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Delete an index.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexDelete( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to delete</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexEnum">mxmlIndexEnum()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Return the next node in the index. Nodes are returned in the sorted |
||||||
|
order of the index.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexEnum( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to enumerate</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Next node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexFind">mxmlIndexFind()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Find the next matching node. You should call mxmlIndexReset() prior |
||||||
|
to using this function for the first time with a particular set of |
||||||
|
"element" and "value" strings. Passing NULL for both "element" and |
||||||
|
"value" is equivalent to calling mxmlIndexEnum().</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexFind( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind, |
||||||
|
const char * element, |
||||||
|
const char * value); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to search</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element name to find, if any</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, if any</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Node or NULL if none found</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexNew">mxmlIndexNew()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new index. The index will contain all nodes that contain the |
||||||
|
named element and/or attribute. If both "element" and "attr" are NULL, |
||||||
|
then the index will contain a sorted list of the elements in the node |
||||||
|
tree. Nodes are sorted by element name and optionally by attribute |
||||||
|
value if the "attr" argument is not NULL.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexNew( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * element, |
||||||
|
const char * attr); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>XML node tree</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element to index or NULL for all</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute to index or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New index</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexReset">mxmlIndexReset()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Reset the enumeration/find pointer in the index and return the first |
||||||
|
node in the index. This function should be called prior to using |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexEnum() or mxmlIndexFind() for the first time.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlIndexReset( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to reset</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>First node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Load a file into an XML node tree. The nodes in the specified file |
||||||
|
are added to the specified top node. If no top node is provided, the |
||||||
|
XML file MUST be well-formed with a single parent node like <?xml> for |
||||||
|
the entire file. The callback function returns the value type that |
||||||
|
should be used for child nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then |
||||||
|
all child nodes will be either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes. The |
||||||
|
constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||||
|
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||||
|
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlLoadFile( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||||
|
FILE * fp, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to read from</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Load a string into an XML node tree. The nodes in the specified |
||||||
|
string are added to the specified top node. If no top node is provided, |
||||||
|
the XML string MUST be well-formed with a single parent node like |
||||||
|
<?xml> for the entire string. The callback function returns the value |
||||||
|
type that should be used for child nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is |
||||||
|
specified then all child nodes will be either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT |
||||||
|
nodes. The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||||
|
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||||
|
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlLoadString( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||||
|
const char * s, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>s</TT></TD><TD>String to load</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>First node or NULL if the string has errors.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewElement">mxmlNewElement()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new element node. The new element node is added to the end |
||||||
|
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||||
|
be used to specify that the new element node has no parent.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewElement( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
const char * name); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of element</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewInteger">mxmlNewInteger()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new integer node. The new integer node is added to the end |
||||||
|
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||||
|
be used to specify that the new integer node has no parent.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewInteger( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
int integer); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>integer</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewOpaque">mxmlNewOpaque()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new opaque string. The new opaque node is added to the end |
||||||
|
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||||
|
be used to specify that the new opaque node has no parent. The opaque |
||||||
|
string must be nul-terminated and is copied into the new node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewOpaque( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
const char * opaque); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>opaque</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewReal">mxmlNewReal()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new real number node. The new real number node is added to |
||||||
|
the end of the specified parent's child list. The constant |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new real number node has |
||||||
|
no parent.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewReal( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
double real); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>real</TT></TD><TD>Real number value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewText">mxmlNewText()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new text fragment node. The new text node is added to the |
||||||
|
end of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT |
||||||
|
can be used to specify that the new text node has no parent. The |
||||||
|
whitespace parameter is used to specify whether leading whitespace is |
||||||
|
present before the node. The text string must be nul-terminated and is |
||||||
|
copied into the new node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewText( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
int whitespace, |
||||||
|
const char * string); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||||
|
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>String</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlNewTextf">mxmlNewTextf()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Create a new formatted text fragment node. The new text node is added |
||||||
|
to the end of the specified parent's child list. The constant |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new text node has no |
||||||
|
parent. The whitespace parameter is used to specify whether leading |
||||||
|
whitespace is present before the node. The format string must be |
||||||
|
nul-terminated and is formatted into the new node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlNewTextf( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||||
|
int whitespace, |
||||||
|
const char * format, |
||||||
|
...); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||||
|
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style frmat string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional args as needed</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>New node</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlRemove">mxmlRemove()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Remove a node from its parent. Does not free memory used by the node |
||||||
|
- use mxmlDelete() for that. This function does nothing if the node has |
||||||
|
no parent.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlRemove( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to remove</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Save an XML node tree to an allocated string. This function returns a |
||||||
|
pointer to a string containing the textual representation of the XML |
||||||
|
node tree. The string should be freed using the free() function when |
||||||
|
you are done with it. NULL is returned if the node would produce an |
||||||
|
empty string or if the string cannot be allocated.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
char * |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveAllocString( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||||
|
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Allocated string or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveString.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Save an XML tree to a file. The callback argument specifies a |
||||||
|
function that returns a whitespace character or nul (0) before and |
||||||
|
after each element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified, whitespace will |
||||||
|
only be added before MXML_TEXT nodes with leading whitespace and before |
||||||
|
attribute names inside opening element tags.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveFile( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
FILE * fp, |
||||||
|
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to write to</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||||
|
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on error.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Save an XML node tree to a string. This function returns the total |
||||||
|
number of bytes that would be required for the string but only copies |
||||||
|
(bufsize - 1) characters into the specified buffer.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSaveString( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
char * buffer, |
||||||
|
int bufsize, |
||||||
|
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>buffer</TT></TD><TD>String buffer</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>bufsize</TT></TD><TD>Size of string buffer</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||||
|
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Size of string</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveString.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetElement">mxmlSetElement()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the name of an element node. The node is not changed if it is not |
||||||
|
an element node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetElement( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * name); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>New name string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetElement.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetErrorCallback">mxmlSetErrorCallback()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the error message callback.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
void |
||||||
|
mxmlSetErrorCallback( |
||||||
|
void (*cb)(const char *)); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *)</TT></TD><TD>Error callback function</TD> |
||||||
|
</TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetInteger">mxmlSetInteger()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the value of an integer node. The node is not changed if it is |
||||||
|
not an integer node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetInteger( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
int integer); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>integer</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetReal.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetOpaque">mxmlSetOpaque()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the value of an opaque node. The node is not changed if it is not |
||||||
|
an opaque node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetOpaque( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
const char * opaque); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>opaque</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetText.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetReal">mxmlSetReal()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the value of a real number node. The node is not changed if it is |
||||||
|
not a real number node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetReal( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
double real); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>real</TT></TD><TD>Real number value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetReal.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetText">mxmlSetText()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the value of a text node. The node is not changed if it is not a |
||||||
|
text node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetText( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
int whitespace, |
||||||
|
const char * string); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||||
|
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>String</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetText.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlSetTextf">mxmlSetTextf()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Set the value of a text node to a formatted string. The node is not |
||||||
|
changed if it is not a text node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
int |
||||||
|
mxmlSetTextf( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
int whitespace, |
||||||
|
const char * format, |
||||||
|
...); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||||
|
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style format string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional arguments as needed</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlWalkNext">mxmlWalkNext()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Walk to the next logical node in the tree. The descend argument |
||||||
|
controls whether the first child is considered to be the next node. The |
||||||
|
top node argument constrains the walk to the node's children.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlWalkNext( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||||
|
int descend); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>descend</TT></TD><TD>Descend into tree - MXML_DESCEND, |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_DESCEND, or MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Next node or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Structures.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Structures.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxmlWalkPrev">mxmlWalkPrev()</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Walk to the previous logical node in the tree. The descend argument |
||||||
|
controls whether the previous node's last child is considered to be the |
||||||
|
previous node. The top node argument constrains the walk to the node's |
||||||
|
children.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||||
|
mxmlWalkPrev( |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||||
|
int descend); |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>descend</TT></TD><TD>Descend into tree - MXML_DESCEND, |
||||||
|
MXML_NO_DESCEND, or MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>Previous node or NULL</P> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Structures.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Structures.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlindexs.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Structures.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindexs.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_attr_s">mxml_attr_s</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML element attribute value.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
struct mxml_attr_s |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
char * name; |
||||||
|
char * value; |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Members</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Attribute name</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Structures.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindexs.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Types1.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlelementt.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_attr_t">mxml_attr_t</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML element attribute value.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
typedef struct <A href="mxmlattrs.html#mxml_attr_s">mxml_attr_s</A> mxml_attr_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Types1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlattrt.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlindext.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindext.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_element_t">mxml_element_t</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML element value.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
typedef struct <A href="mxmlvalues.html#mxml_value_s">mxml_value_s</A> mxml_element_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindext.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlattrs.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlnodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_index_s">mxml_index_s</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML node index.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
struct mxml_index_s |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
int alloc_nodes; |
||||||
|
char * attr; |
||||||
|
int cur_node; |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> ** nodes; |
||||||
|
int num_nodes; |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Members</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>alloc_nodes</TT></TD><TD>Allocated nodes in index</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute used for indexing or NULL</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>cur_node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>nodes</TT></TD><TD>Node array</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>num_nodes</TT></TD><TD>Number of nodes in index</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodes.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlelementt.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlnodet.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodet.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML node index.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
typedef struct <A href="mxmlindexs.html#mxml_index_s">mxml_index_s</A> mxml_index_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlelementt.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodet.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlindexs.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmltexts.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindexs.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltexts.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
struct mxml_node_s |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
struct <A href="#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> * child; |
||||||
|
struct <A href="#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> * last_child; |
||||||
|
struct <A href="#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> * next; |
||||||
|
struct <A href="#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> * parent; |
||||||
|
struct <A href="#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> * prev; |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> type; |
||||||
|
<A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t">mxml_value_t</A> value; |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Members</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>child</TT></TD><TD>First child node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>last_child</TT></TD><TD>Last child node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>next</TT></TD><TD>Next node under same parent</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>prev</TT></TD><TD>Previous node under same parent</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>type</TT></TD><TD>Node type</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Node value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindexs.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltexts.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlindext.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmltextt.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindext.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltextt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML node.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
typedef struct <A href="mxmlnodes.html#mxml_node_s">mxml_node_s</A> mxml_node_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlindext.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltextt.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlnodes.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlvalues.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_text_s">mxml_text_s</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML text value.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
struct mxml_text_s |
||||||
|
{ |
||||||
|
char * string; |
||||||
|
int whitespace; |
||||||
|
}; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
<H4>Members</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>Fragment string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>Leading whitespace?</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlnodet.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmltypet.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodet.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypet.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_text_t">mxml_text_t</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>An XML text value.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Definition</H4> |
||||||
|
<PRE> |
||||||
|
typedef struct <A href="mxmltexts.html#mxml_text_s">mxml_text_s</A> mxml_text_t; |
||||||
|
</PRE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmlnodet.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="mxmltypet.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ |
|||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||||
|
<HTML> |
||||||
|
<HEAD> |
||||||
|
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||||
|
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||||
|
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Enumerations1.html"> |
||||||
|
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Functions.html"> |
||||||
|
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||||
|
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||||
|
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||||
|
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||||
|
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||||
|
--></STYLE> |
||||||
|
</HEAD> |
||||||
|
<BODY> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Functions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<H3><A name="mxml_type_e">mxml_type_e</A></H3> |
||||||
|
<HR noshade/> |
||||||
|
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||||
|
<P>The XML node type.</P> |
||||||
|
<H4>Values</H4> |
||||||
|
<P class="table"></P> |
||||||
|
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||||
|
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||||
|
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||||
|
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>MXML_ELEMENT</TT></TD><TD>XML element with attributes</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>MXML_INTEGER</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>MXML_REAL</TT></TD><TD>Real value</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
<TR><TD><TT>MXML_TEXT</TT></TD><TD>Text fragment</TD></TR> |
||||||
|
</TABLE> |
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||||
|
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Previous</A> |
||||||
|
<A HREF="Functions.html">Next</A> |
||||||
|
</BODY> |
||||||
|
</HTML> |
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in new issue